blob: a620f0a474465bf64b6f3a2bf9a795b9bf5a6316 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000057Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
58it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
59
60 make CHANGELOG
61
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000062
63Where to get help:
64==================
65
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000066In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
67U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050068<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
69on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
70Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
71http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000072
73
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010074Where to get source code:
75=========================
76
77The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
78git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
79http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
80
81The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020082any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010083available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
84directory.
85
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010086Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010087ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
88
89
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090Where we come from:
91===================
92
93- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000094- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000095- clean up code
96- make it easier to add custom boards
97- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
98- extend functions, especially:
99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
100 * S-Record download
101 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000103- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000104- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000105- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200106- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000107
108
109Names and Spelling:
110===================
111
112The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
113"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
114in source files etc.). Example:
115
116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
117
118File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
119
120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
121
122 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
123
124Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
125the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
126
127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000129
130
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131Versioning:
132===========
133
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200134Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
135were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
136into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
137names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
138Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
139releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200141Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000145
146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000147Directory Hierarchy:
148====================
149
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/arch Architecture specific files
151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
165 /lib Architecture specific library files
166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
167 /cpu CPU specific files
168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /lib Architecture specific library files
175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
194 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
196 /cpu CPU specific files
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
204 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
205 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
206 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
207 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
208 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
209 /lib Architecture specific library files
210 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
211 /cpu CPU specific files
212 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
213 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
214 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
217 /cpu CPU specific files
218 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
219 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
220 /lib Architecture specific library files
221/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
222/board Board dependent files
223/common Misc architecture independent functions
224/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
225/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
226/drivers Commonly used device drivers
227/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
228/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
229/include Header Files
230/lib Files generic to all architectures
231 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
232 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
233 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
234/net Networking code
235/post Power On Self Test
236/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
237/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000239Software Configuration:
240=======================
241
242Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
243rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
244
245There are two classes of configuration variables:
246
247* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
248 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
249 "CONFIG_".
250
251* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
252 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
253 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200254 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000255
256Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
257identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
258do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
259links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
260as an example here.
261
262
263Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
264---------------------------------------------------
265
266For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
267configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
268
269Example: For a TQM823L module type:
270
271 cd u-boot
272 make TQM823L_config
273
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200274For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000275e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
276directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
277
278
279Configuration Options:
280----------------------
281
282Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
283such information is kept in a configuration file
284"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
285
286Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
287"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
288
289
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000290Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
291kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
292build a config tool - later.
293
294
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000295The following options need to be configured:
296
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500297- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500299- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200300
301- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100302 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000303
304- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
305 Define exactly one of
306 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
307--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
308 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
309 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
310
311- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
312 Define exactly one of
313 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
314
315- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
316 Define one or more of
317 CONFIG_CMA302
318
319- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
320 Define one or more of
321 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200322 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000323 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
324
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000325- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
326 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
327 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200328 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
330 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
331 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000332
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530333- Marvell Family Member
334 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
335 multiple fs option at one time
336 for marvell soc family
337
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000338- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000339 Define exactly one of
340 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000341
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200342- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000343 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
344 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000345 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
346 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000347 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
348 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000349
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000350- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
352 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000353 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000354 See doc/README.MPC866
355
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200356 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000357
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000358 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
359 of relying on the correctness of the configured
360 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
361 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
362 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200363 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000364
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100365 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
366
367 Define this option if you want to enable the
368 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
369
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600370- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000371 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
372
373 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
374 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
375 compliance, among other possible reasons.
376
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600377 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
378
379 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
380 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
381 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
382
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
384
385 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
386 tree nodes for the given platform.
387
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000388 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
389
390 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
391 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
392 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
393 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
394 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
395 purpose.
396
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000397 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
398
399 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
400 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
401 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
402
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
405
406 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
407 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
408
409 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
410 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
411 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
412 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
413
414 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
415 this erratum.
416
417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
418
419 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
420 according to the A004510 workaround.
421
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000422- Generic CPU options:
423 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
424
425 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
426 values is arch specific.
427
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100428- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200429 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100430
431 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
432 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
433 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
434
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200435 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200436
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100437 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
438 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200439 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100440 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200441
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200442- MIPS CPU options:
443 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
444
445 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
446 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
447 relocation.
448
449 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
450
451 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
452 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
453 Possible values are:
454 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
455 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
456 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
457 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
458 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
459 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
460 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
461 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
464
465 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
466 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
467
468 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
469
470 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
471 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
472 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
473
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000474- ARM options:
475 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
476
477 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
478 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
479
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000480 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
481
482 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
483 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
484 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
485 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
486 GCC.
487
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000488- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000489 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
490
491 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
492 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
493 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
494 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
495 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
496 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
497 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000498 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100499 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000500 default environment.
501
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000502 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
503
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200504 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000505 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
506 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
507
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400508 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200509
510 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400511 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
512 concepts).
513
514 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
515 * New libfdt-based support
516 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500517 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400518
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200519 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
520 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
521 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
522 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200523 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600524 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200525
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200526 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
527 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500528
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600529 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
530
531 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
532 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000533
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500534 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
535
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200536 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500537 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
538
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200539 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
540
541 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
542 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
543 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
544 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
545 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
546 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
547
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000548 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
549
550 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
551 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
552 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
553 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
554 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
555 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
556 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
557
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100558- vxWorks boot parameters:
559
560 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
561 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
562 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
563
564 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
565 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
566 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
567 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
568
569 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
570
571 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
572
573 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
574 the defaults discussed just above.
575
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000576- Cache Configuration:
577 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
578 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
579 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
580
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000581- Cache Configuration for ARM:
582 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
583 controller
584 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
585 controller register space
586
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000587- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200588 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000589
590 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
591
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200592 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000593
594 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
595
596 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
597
598 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
599 the clock speed of the UARTs.
600
601 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
602
603 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
604 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
605 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
606
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000607 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
608
609 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
610 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
611 this variable to initialize the extra register.
612
613 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
614
615 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
616 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
617 variable to flush the UART at init time.
618
Javier Martinez Canillas7de0fe12013-01-07 01:35:20 +0000619 CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_BROKEN_TEMT
620
621 16550 UART set the Transmitter Empty (TEMT) Bit when all output
622 has finished and the transmitter is totally empty. U-Boot waits
623 for this bit to be set to initialize the serial console. On some
624 broken platforms this bit is not set in SPL making U-Boot to
625 hang while waiting for TEMT. Define this option to avoid it.
626
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000627
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000628- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000629 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
630 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
631 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
632 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000633
634 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
635 port routines must be defined elsewhere
636 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
637
638 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
639 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000640 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000641 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
642 (default big endian)
643 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
644 rectangle fill
645 (cf. smiLynxEM)
646 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
647 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
648 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
649 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000650 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
651 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000652 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
653 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000654 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000655 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
656 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
657 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
658 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
659 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
660 (i.e. i8042_getc)
661 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
662 (requires blink timer
663 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200664 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000665 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
666 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500667 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000668 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
669 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000670 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
671 linux_logo.h for logo.
672 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000673 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200674 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000675 the logo
676
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000677 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
678 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
679 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
680
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000681 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
682 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
683 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000684
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000685 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
686 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
687 the "silent" environment variable. See
688 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000689
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000690- Console Baudrate:
691 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
692 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200693 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
694 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000695
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100696- Console Rx buffer length
697 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
698 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100699 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100700 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
701 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
702 the SMC.
703
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000704- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200705 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
706 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
707 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
708 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
709 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
710 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
711 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200712 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200713 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000714
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200715 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
716 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000717
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000718- Safe printf() functions
719 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
720 the printf() functions. These are defined in
721 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
722 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
723 If this option is not given then these functions will
724 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
725 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
726
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000727- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
728 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
729 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000730 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
731 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000732
733 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
734 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
735 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
736 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
737 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
738 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
739 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
740 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
741 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
742 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
743 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
744 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
745
746- Autoboot Command:
747 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
748 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
749 define a command string that is automatically executed
750 when no character is read on the console interface
751 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
752
753 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000754 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
755 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
756 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000757
758 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000759 The value of these goes into the environment as
760 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
761 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200762 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000763
764- Pre-Boot Commands:
765 CONFIG_PREBOOT
766
767 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
768 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
769 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
770 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
771 entering interactive mode.
772
773 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
774 automatically generated or modified. For an example
775 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
776 modified when the user holds down a certain
777 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
778 booting the systems
779
780- Serial Download Echo Mode:
781 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
782 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
783 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
784 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
785 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
786 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
787 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
788
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500789- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000790 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
791 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200792 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000793
794- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500795 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
796 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000797 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
798 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500799 and augmenting with additional #define's
800 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000801
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500802 The default command configuration includes all commands
803 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000804
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500805 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500806 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
807 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
808 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
809 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
810 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
811 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
812 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500813 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500814 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
815 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
816 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600817 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
818 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
819 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
820 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500821 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
822 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500823 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
825 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600826 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600827 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500828 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000829 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
830 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500831 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500832 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000833 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500834 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
835 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
836 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000837 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500838 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000839 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000840 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
842 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
843 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
844 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000845 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
846 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500847 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500848 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000849 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500850 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
851 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
852 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
853 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500854 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000855 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
856 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500857 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
858 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400859 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
860 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000861 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500862 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000863 loop, loopw
864 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500865 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
866 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
867 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100868 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500869 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
870 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600871 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000872 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500873 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
874 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
875 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
876 host
877 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000878 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500879 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
880 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000881 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500882 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
883 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
884 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
885 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
886 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
887 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700888 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100889 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400890 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200891 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500892 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000893 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000894 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000895 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
896 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500897 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500898 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000899 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000900
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000901
902 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
903 support you can write:
904
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500905 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
906 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000907
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400908 Other Commands:
909 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000910
911 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500912 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000913 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
914 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
915 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
916 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
917 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
918 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000919
920
921 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
922
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000923- Device tree:
924 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
925 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
926 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
927 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
928 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
929 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
930
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000931 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
932 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000933
934 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
935 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
936 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
937 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
938 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
939 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000940
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000941 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
942 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
943 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
944 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
945
946 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
947
948 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
949 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
950 still use the individual files if you need something more
951 exotic.
952
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000953- Watchdog:
954 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
955 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000956 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
957 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
958 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
959 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
960 available, then no further board specific code should
961 be needed to use it.
962
963 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
964 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
965 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
966 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000967
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000968- U-Boot Version:
969 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
970 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
971 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
972 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200973 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
974 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000975
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000976- Real-Time Clock:
977
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500978 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000979 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
980 following options:
981
982 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
983 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000984 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000985 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000986 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000987 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000988 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000989 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100990 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000991 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200992 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200993 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
994 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000995
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000996 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
997 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
998
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600999- GPIO Support:
1000 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1001 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1002
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001003 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1004 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1005 pins supported by a particular chip.
1006
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001007 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1008 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1009
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001010- Timestamp Support:
1011
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001012 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1013 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1014 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001015 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001016
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001017- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1018 Zero or more of the following:
1019 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1020 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1021 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1022 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1023 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1024 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1025 disk/part_efi.c
1026 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001027
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001028 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1029 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001030 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001031
1032- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001033 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1034 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001035
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001036 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1037 be performed by calling the function
1038 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1039 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001040
1041- ATAPI Support:
1042 CONFIG_ATAPI
1043
1044 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1045
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001046- LBA48 Support
1047 CONFIG_LBA48
1048
1049 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001050 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001051 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1052 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1053
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001054 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001055 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1056 Default is 32bit.
1057
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001058- SCSI Support:
1059 At the moment only there is only support for the
1060 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1061 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1062
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001063 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1064 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1065 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001066 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1067 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001068 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001069
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001070 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1071 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1072
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001073- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001074 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001075 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1076
1077 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1078 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1079 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1080 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1081
1082 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1083 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1084 example with the "sspi" command.
1085
1086 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1087 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1088 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001089
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001090 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001091 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001092
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001093 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1094 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001095 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001096 write routine for first time initialisation.
1097
1098 CONFIG_TULIP
1099 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1100 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1101 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1102
1103 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1104 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1105
1106 CONFIG_NS8382X
1107 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1108
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001109- NETWORK Support (other):
1110
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001111 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1112 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1113
1114 CONFIG_RMII
1115 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1116
1117 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1118 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1119 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1120
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001121 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1122 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1123
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001124 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001125 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1126
1127 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1128 Define this to hold the physical address
1129 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1130
1131 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1132 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1133
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001134 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001135 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1136
1137 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1138 Define this to hold the physical address
1139 of the device (I/O space)
1140
1141 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1142 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1143
1144 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1145 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1146 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1147
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001148 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1149 Support for davinci emac
1150
1151 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1152 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1153
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001154 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1155 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1156
1157 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1158 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1159 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1160 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1161 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1162 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1163 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1164 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1165
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001166 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001167 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1168
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001169 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001170 Define this to hold the physical address
1171 of the device (I/O space)
1172
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001173 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001174 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1175
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001176 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001177 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1178 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001179 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001180
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001181 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1182 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1183
1184 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1185 Define the number of ports to be used
1186
1187 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1188 Define the ETH PHY's address
1189
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001190 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1191 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1192
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001193- TPM Support:
1194 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1195 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1196 per system is supported at this time.
1197
1198 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1199 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1200 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1201 0xfed40000.
1202
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001203- USB Support:
1204 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001205 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001206 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1207 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001208 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001209 storage devices.
1210 Note:
1211 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1212 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001213 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1214 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1215 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001216 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1217 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001218 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1219 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1220 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001221 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1222 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001223 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001224 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1225 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001226
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001227 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1228 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1229
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001230- USB Device:
1231 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1232 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1233 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001234 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001235 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1236 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001237 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001238 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1239 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1240 a Linux host by
1241 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1242 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1243 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1244 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001245
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001246 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1247 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001248
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001249 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1250 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1251 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001252
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301253 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1254 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1255 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1256 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1257 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1258 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1259 speed.
1260
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001261 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001262 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1263 be set to usbtty.
1264
1265 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001266 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001267 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001268 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001269
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001270 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001271 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001272 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001273
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001274 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001275 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001276 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001277 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1278 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1279 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1280
1281 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1282 Define this string as the name of your company for
1283 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001284
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001285 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1286 Define this string as the name of your product
1287 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1288
1289 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1290 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1291 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1292 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1293 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001294
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001295 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1296 Define this as the unique Product ID
1297 for your device
1298 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001299
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001300- ULPI Layer Support:
1301 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1302 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1303 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1304 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1305 viewport is supported.
1306 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1307 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001308 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1309 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1310 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001311
1312- MMC Support:
1313 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1314 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1315 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1316 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001317 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1318 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001319
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001320 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1321 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1322
1323 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1324 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1325
1326 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1327 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1328
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001329- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1330 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1331 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1332 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1333
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001334 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1335 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001336 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1337
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001338 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001339 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1340 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1341
1342 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001343 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001344 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1345 have not defined a custom partition
1346
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001347- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1348 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001349
1350 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1351 file in FAT formatted partition.
1352
1353 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1354 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001355
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001356CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1357 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1358
1359 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1360 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1361 and cbfsload.
1362
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001363- Keyboard Support:
1364 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1365
1366 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1367 support
1368
1369 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1370 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1371 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1372 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1373 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1374
1375- Video support:
1376 CONFIG_VIDEO
1377
1378 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1379 video).
1380
1381 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1382
1383 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1384
1385 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001386 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001387 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1388 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1389 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001390
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001391 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001392 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001393 are possible:
1394 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001395 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001396
1397 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1398 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1399 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1400 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1401 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1402 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1403 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001404 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1405
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001406 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001407 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001408
1409
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001410 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001411 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001412 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1413 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1414
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001415 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001416 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001417 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1418 support, and should also define these other macros:
1419
1420 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1421 CONFIG_VIDEO
1422 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1423 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1424 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1425 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1426 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1427 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1428
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001429 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1430 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1431 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1432 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001433
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001434 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1435
1436 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1437 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1438 driver.
1439
1440
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001441- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001442 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001443
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001444 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1445 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1446 defined in your board-specific files.
1447 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001448
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001449- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1450
1451 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1452 display); also select one of the supported displays
1453 by defining one of these:
1454
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001455 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1456
1457 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1458
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001459 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001460
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001461 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001462
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001463 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001464
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001465 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1466 Active, color, single scan.
1467
1468 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1469
1470 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001471 Active, color, single scan.
1472
1473 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1474
1475 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1476 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1477
1478 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1479
1480 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1481 Active, color, single scan.
1482
1483 CONFIG_HLD1045
1484
1485 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1486 Active, color, single scan.
1487
1488 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1489
1490 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1491 or
1492 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1493 or
1494 Hitachi SP14Q002
1495
1496 320x240. Black & white.
1497
1498 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001499 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001500
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001501 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1502
1503 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1504 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1505 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1506 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1507 a per-section basis.
1508
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001509 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1510
1511 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1512 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1513 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1514 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001515
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001516 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1517
1518 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1519
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001520 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1521
1522 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1523 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1524
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001525- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001526
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001527 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1528 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1529 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001530 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001531 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1532 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1533 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1534 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001535
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001536 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1537
1538 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1539 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1540 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1541 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1542 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1543 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1544
1545 Example:
1546 setenv splashpos m,m
1547 => image at center of screen
1548
1549 setenv splashpos 30,20
1550 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1551
1552 setenv splashpos -10,m
1553 => vertically centered image
1554 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1555
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001556- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1557
1558 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1559 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1560 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1561
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001562- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1563
1564 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1565 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1566 bmp command.
1567
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001568- Do compresssing for memory range:
1569 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1570
1571 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1572 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1573
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001574- Compression support:
1575 CONFIG_BZIP2
1576
1577 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1578 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1579 compressed images are supported.
1580
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001581 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001582 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001583 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001584
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001585 CONFIG_LZMA
1586
1587 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1588 images is included.
1589
1590 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1591 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1592 formula:
1593
1594 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1595
1596 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1597 and Literal pos bits.
1598
1599 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1600 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1601 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1602 a very small buffer.
1603
1604 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1605 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001606 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001607
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001608- MII/PHY support:
1609 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1610
1611 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1612
1613 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1614
1615 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1616
1617 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1618
1619 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001620 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001621
1622 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1623
1624 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1625 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1626 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1627 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1628
1629 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1630
1631 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1632 command issued before MII status register can be read
1633
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001634- Ethernet address:
1635 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001636 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001637 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1638 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001639 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1640 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001641
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001642 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1643 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001644 is not determined automatically.
1645
1646- IP address:
1647 CONFIG_IPADDR
1648
1649 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001650 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001651 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001652 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001653
1654- Server IP address:
1655 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1656
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001657 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001658 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001659 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001660
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001661 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1662
1663 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1664 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1665
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001666- Gateway IP address:
1667 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1668
1669 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1670 default router where packets to other networks are
1671 sent to.
1672 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1673
1674- Subnet mask:
1675 CONFIG_NETMASK
1676
1677 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1678 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1679 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1680 forwarded through a router.
1681 (Environment variable "netmask")
1682
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001683- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1684 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1685
1686 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1687 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001688 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001689 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1690 multicast group.
1691
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001692- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1693 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1694
1695 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1696 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1697 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1698 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1699 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1700 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1701 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1702 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001703 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001704
1705 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1706 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1707 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1708 4th and following
1709 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1710
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001711- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001712 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1713 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001714
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001715 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1716 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1717 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1718 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1719 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1720 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1721 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1722 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1723 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1724 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1725 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1726 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001727 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001728
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001729 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1730 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001731
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001732 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1733 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1734 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1735 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1736 is not available.
1737
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001738 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1739 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1740 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1741 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1742 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1743 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1744 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001745 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001746
1747 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1748 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1749 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001750 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001751 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1752 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001753
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001754 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1755
1756 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1757 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1758 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1759 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1760 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1761 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1762 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1763 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1764 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1765 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1766 this delay.
1767
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001768 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1769 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1770 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1771 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1772 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1773
1774 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1775
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001776 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001777 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001778
1779 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1780
1781 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1782
1783 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1784 of the device.
1785
1786 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1787
1788 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1789 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001790 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001791
1792 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1793
1794 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1795 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1796
1797 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1798
1799 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1800
1801 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1802
1803 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1804
1805 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1806
1807 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1808
1809 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1810
1811 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1812 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1813
1814 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1815
1816 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1817
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001818- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1819
1820 Several configurations allow to display the current
1821 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1822 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1823 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1824 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1825 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1826 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1827 feature in U-Boot.
1828
1829- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1830
1831 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1832 on those systems that support this (optional)
1833 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1834
1835- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1836
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001837 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001838 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001839 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001840
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001841 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001842 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001843 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1844 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001845 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001846
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001847 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001848
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001849 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001850 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1851 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001852
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001853 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001854 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001855
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001856 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001857 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001858 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001859 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001860
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001861 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001862 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001863 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1864 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1865 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001866
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001867 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1868
1869 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1870 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1871 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1872 commands until the slave device responds.
1873
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001874 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001875
1876 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1877 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1878 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001879
1880 I2C_INIT
1881
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001882 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001883 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001884
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001885 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001886
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001887 I2C_PORT
1888
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001889 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1890 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1891 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001892
1893 I2C_ACTIVE
1894
1895 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1896 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1897 define can be null.
1898
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001899 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1900
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001901 I2C_TRISTATE
1902
1903 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1904 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1905 define can be null.
1906
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001907 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1908
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001909 I2C_READ
1910
1911 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1912 FALSE if it is low.
1913
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001914 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1915
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001916 I2C_SDA(bit)
1917
1918 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1919 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1920
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001921 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001922 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001923 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001924
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001925 I2C_SCL(bit)
1926
1927 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1928 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1929
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001930 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001931 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001932 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001933
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001934 I2C_DELAY
1935
1936 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1937 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001938 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001939 like:
1940
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001941 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001942
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001943 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1944
1945 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1946 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1947 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1948 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1949
1950 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1951 the generic GPIO functions.
1952
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001953 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001954
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001955 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1956 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1957 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1958 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1959 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1960 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1961 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1962 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001963
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001964 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1965
1966 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1967 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1968 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1969 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1970 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1971 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1972 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1973 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1974
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001975 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1976
1977 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1978 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1979 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1980
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001981 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1982
1983 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001984 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1985 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001986 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1987
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001988 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001989
1990 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001991 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001992 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1993 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001994
1995 e.g.
1996 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001997 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001998
1999 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2000
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002001 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002002 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002003
2004 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2005
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002006 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002007
2008 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2009 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2010
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002011 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002012
2013 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2014 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2015
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002016 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002017
2018 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2019 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2020
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002021 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002022
2023 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2024 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2025 specified DTT device.
2026
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002027 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
2028
2029 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01002030 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002031
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002032 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
2033
2034 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
2035 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
2036 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
2037 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
2038 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
2039 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
2040
2041 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
2042 feature!
2043
2044 Example:
2045 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2046 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2047 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2048
2049 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2050
2051 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2052 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2053
2054 => i2c bus
2055 Busses reached over muxes:
2056 Bus ID: 2
2057 reached over Mux(es):
2058 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2059 Bus ID: 3
2060 reached over Mux(es):
2061 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2062 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2063 =>
2064
2065 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002066 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2067 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002068 the channel 4.
2069
2070 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002071 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002072 the 2 muxes.
2073
2074 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2075 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2076 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2077 to add this option to other architectures.
2078
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002079 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2080
2081 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2082 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2083 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2084 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2085 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2086 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2087 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002088
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002089- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2090
2091 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2092 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2093 D/As on the SACSng board)
2094
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002095 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2096
2097 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2098 only SH7757 is supported.
2099
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002100 CONFIG_SPI_X
2101
2102 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2103 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2104
2105 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2106
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002107 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2108 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2109 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2110 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2111 defined, the board configuration must define several
2112 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2113 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002114
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002115 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2116
2117 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2118 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2119 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002120 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002121 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2122
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002123 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2124
2125 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002126 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002127
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002128- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2129
2130 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2131
2132 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2133
2134 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2135 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2136
2137 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2138
2139 Enables support for FPGA family.
2140 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2141
2142 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002143
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002144 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002145
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002146 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002147
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002148 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002149
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002150 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002151
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002152 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2153 status by the configuration function. This option
2154 will require a board or device specific function to
2155 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002156
2157 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2158
2159 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2160 configuration driver.
2161
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002162 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002163 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2164
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002165 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002166
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002167 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2168 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2169 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2170 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002171
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002172 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002173
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002174 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2175 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2176 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002177 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002178
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002179 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002180
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002181 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002182 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002183
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002184 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002185
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002186 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002187 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002188
2189- Configuration Management:
2190 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2191
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002192 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2193 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002194
2195- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2196
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002197 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2198 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002199 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002200 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2201 protects these variables from casual modification by
2202 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2203 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002204 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002205
2206 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2207 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002208 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002209 these parameters.
2210
2211 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2212 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002213 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002214 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2215 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2216 read-only.]
2217
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002218 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2219 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2220 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2221 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2222
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002223- Protected RAM:
2224 CONFIG_PRAM
2225
2226 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2227 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2228 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2229 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2230 this default value by defining an environment
2231 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2232 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2233 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2234 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2235 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2236 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2237 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2238
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002239 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002240 saveenv
2241
2242 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2243 either, which results in a memory region that will
2244 not be affected by reboots.
2245
2246 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2247 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2248 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2249 following board configurations are known to be
2250 "pRAM-clean":
2251
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002252 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2253 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002254 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002255
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002256- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2257 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2258 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2259 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2260 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2261 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2262 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2263
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002264- Error Recovery:
2265 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2266
2267 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2268 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2269 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002270 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002271 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2272 useful during development since you can try to debug
2273 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2274
2275 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2276
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002277 This variable defines the number of retries for
2278 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2279 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2280 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002281
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002282 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2283
2284 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2285
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002286 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2287
2288 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2289 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2290 try longer timeout such as
2291 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2292
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002293- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002294 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002295
2296 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2297
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002298 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2299 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002300
2301
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002302 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002303
2304 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2305 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2306 powerful command line syntax like
2307 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2308 constructs ("shell scripts").
2309
2310 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2311 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2312
2313
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002314 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002315
2316 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2317 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2318 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2319
2320 Note:
2321
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002322 In the current implementation, the local variables
2323 space and global environment variables space are
2324 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2325 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2326 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2327 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2328 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002329
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002330 Global environment variables are those you use
2331 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2332 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2333 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002334
2335 To store commands and special characters in a
2336 variable, please use double quotation marks
2337 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2338 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2339 symbols.
2340
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002341- Commandline Editing and History:
2342 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2343
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002344 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002345 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002346
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002347- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002348 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2349
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002350 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2351 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002352 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002353
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002354 For example, place something like this in your
2355 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002356
2357 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2358 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2359 "myvar2=value2\0"
2360
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002361 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2362 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2363 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2364 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002365 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002366 You better know what you are doing here.
2367
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002368 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2369 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002370 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002371 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002372
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002373 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2374
2375 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2376 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2377 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2378
2379 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2380
2381 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2382 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2383 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2384 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2385 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2386
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002387 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2388
2389 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2390 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2391 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2392
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002393 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2394
2395 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2396 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2397 that so that the environment is not available until
2398 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2399 this is instead controlled by the value of
2400 /config/load-environment.
2401
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002402- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002403 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2404
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002405 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2406 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2407 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002408
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002409- Serial Flash support
2410 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2411
2412 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2413 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2414
2415 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2416 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2417 commands.
2418
2419 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2420 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2421 flash is present on the system.
2422
2423 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2424 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2425 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2426 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2427
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002428 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2429
2430 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2431 test ('sf test').
2432
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002433- SystemACE Support:
2434 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2435
2436 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2437 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002438 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002439 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002440
2441 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002442 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002443
2444 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2445 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2446
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002447- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2448 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2449
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002450 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002451 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002452 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002453 number generator is used.
2454
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002455 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2456 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2457 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2458
2459 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002460 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2461 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2462 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2463 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2464 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2465 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2466
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002467- Hashing support:
2468 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2469
2470 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2471 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2472
2473 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2474
2475 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2476 size a little.
2477
2478 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2479 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2480
2481 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2482 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2483
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002484- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002485 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2486
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002487 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2488 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2489 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2490 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2491 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2492 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002493
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002494- Detailed boot stage timing
2495 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2496 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2497 of the boot process.
2498
2499 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2500 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2501 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2502 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2503 the limit, recording will stop.
2504
2505 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2506 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2507
2508 Timer summary in microseconds:
2509 Mark Elapsed Stage
2510 0 0 reset
2511 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2512 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2513 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2514 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2515 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2516 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2517 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2518
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002519 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2520 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2521 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2522
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002523 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2524 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2525 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2526 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2527 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2528 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2529 For example:
2530
2531 bootstage {
2532 154 {
2533 name = "board_init_f";
2534 mark = <3575678>;
2535 };
2536 170 {
2537 name = "lcd";
2538 accum = <33482>;
2539 };
2540 };
2541
2542 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2543
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002544Legacy uImage format:
2545
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002546 Arg Where When
2547 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002548 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002549 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002550 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002551 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002552 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002553 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2554 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2555 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002556 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002557 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2558 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2559 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2560 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002561 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002562 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002563
2564 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2565 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2566 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2567 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2568 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2569 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2570 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002571 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002572 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2573 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2574
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002575 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002576
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002577 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002578 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2579 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002580
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002581 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2582 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2583 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2584 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2585 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2586 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2587 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2588 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2589 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2590 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2591 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2592 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2593 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2594 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2595 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2596 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2597 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2598 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2599 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2600 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2601 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2602 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2603 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2604 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2605 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2606 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2607 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2608 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2609 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2610 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2611 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2612 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2613 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2614 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2615 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2616 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2617 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2618 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2619 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2620 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2621 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2622 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2623 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2624 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2625 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2626 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2627 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002628
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002629 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002630
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002631 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002632 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2633 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002634
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002635 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2636 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002637 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002638 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2639 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2640 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002641 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2642 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002643 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002644
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002645FIT uImage format:
2646
2647 Arg Where When
2648 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2649 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2650 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2651 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2652 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2653 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002654 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002655 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2656 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2657 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2658 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2659 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002660 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2661 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002662 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2663 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2664 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2665 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2666 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2667 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2668 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2669 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2670
2671 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2672 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2673 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002674 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002675 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2676 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2677 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2678 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2679 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2680 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2681 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2682 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2683 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2684 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2685 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2686 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2687
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002688 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002689 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2690
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002691 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002692 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2693
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002694 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002695 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2696
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002697- FIT image support:
2698 CONFIG_FIT
2699 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2700
2701 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2702 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2703 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2704 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2705 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2706 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2707
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002708- Standalone program support:
2709 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2710
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002711 This option defines a board specific value for the
2712 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2713 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002714 settings.
2715
2716- Frame Buffer Address:
2717 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2718
2719 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002720 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2721 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2722 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2723 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2724 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2725 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2726 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002727
2728 Please see board_init_f function.
2729
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002730- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2731 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2732 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2733 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2734
2735 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2736 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2737
2738- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2739 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2740
2741 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2742 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2743
2744 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2745
2746 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2747 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2748
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002749- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002750 CONFIG_SPL
2751 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002752
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002753 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2754 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2755
2756 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2757 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2758
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002759 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2760 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002761
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002762 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2763 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2764 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2765
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002766 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2767 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2768
2769 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2770 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2771
2772 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2773 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2774
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002775 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2776 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2777 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2778 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2779
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002780 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2781 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2782
2783 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2784 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002785
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002786 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2787 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2788 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2789 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2790
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002791 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2792 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2793 about the running system.
2794
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002795 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2796 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2797
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002798 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2799 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002800
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002801 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2802 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002803
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002804 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2805 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002806
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002807 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2808 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002809
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002810 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2811 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002812
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002813 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2814 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2815 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2816 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2817 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2818
2819 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2820 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2821
2822 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2823 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2824
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002825 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2826 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2827 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2828 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2829 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2830
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002831 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2832 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2833 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2834
2835 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2836 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2837
2838 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2839 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2840
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002841 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002842 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2843 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002844
2845 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2846 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2847 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2848 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2849 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2850 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002851 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002852
2853 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002854 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2855
2856 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2857 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2858
2859 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2860 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002861
2862 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002863 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002864
2865 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2866 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2867 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2868
2869 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2870 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2871 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2872
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002873 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2874 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002875
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002876 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2877 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002878
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002879 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2880 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002881
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002882 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2883 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2884
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002885 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2886 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002887
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002888 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
2889 Linker address to which the SPL should be padded before
2890 appending the SPL payload.
2891
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002892 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2893 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2894 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2895 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2896
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002897Modem Support:
2898--------------
2899
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002900[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002901
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002902- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002903 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2904
2905- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2906 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2907
2908- Modem debug support:
2909 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2910
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002911 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2912 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002913
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002914- Interrupt support (PPC):
2915
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002916 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2917 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002918 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002919 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002920 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002921 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002922 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002923 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2924 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2925 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002926
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002927- General:
2928
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002929 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2930 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2931 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002932 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002933 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2934 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2935 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002936
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002937 If there are no modem init strings in the
2938 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2939 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002940 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002941
2942 See also: doc/README.Modem
2943
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002944Board initialization settings:
2945------------------------------
2946
2947During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2948to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2949before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2950following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2951architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2952typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2953
2954- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2955- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2956- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2957- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002958
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002959Configuration Settings:
2960-----------------------
2961
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002962- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002963 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2964
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002965- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2966 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2967
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002968- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002969 prompt for user input.
2970
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002971- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002972
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002973- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002974
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002975- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002976
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002977- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002978 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2979 booted
2980
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002981- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002982 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2983
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002984- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002985 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002986
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002987- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002988 If the board specific function
2989 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2990 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002991 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2992
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002993- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002994 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002995
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002996- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002997 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2998
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002999- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003000 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3001 simple memory test.
3002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003003- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003004 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003005
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003006- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003007 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3008 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3009
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003010- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3011 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003012 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003013 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003014 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3015 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3016 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003017 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003018 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003019 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003020
3021 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3022 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3023 be touched.
3024
3025 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3026 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3027 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3028 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3029 problems.
3030
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003031- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003032 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3033
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003034- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003035 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3036
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003037- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003038 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3039 Cogent motherboard)
3040
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003041- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003042 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3043
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003044- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003045 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3046 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003047 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003048 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003050- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003051 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3052 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3053 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3054 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003055
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003056- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003057 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3058
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003059- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003060 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3061 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003062 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003063 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3064
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003065- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003066 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3067 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003068 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3069 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3070 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3071 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003072 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003073 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3074 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3075 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003076
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003077- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3078 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3079 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3080 is enabled.
3081
3082- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3083 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3084 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3085
3086- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3087 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3088 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3089
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003090- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003091 Max number of Flash memory banks
3092
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003093- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003094 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3095
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003096- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003097 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3098
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003099- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003100 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3101
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003102- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003103 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3104
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003105- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003106 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3107
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003108- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003109 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3110 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3111
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003112- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003113
3114 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3115 without this option such a download has to be
3116 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3117 copy from RAM to flash.
3118
3119 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3120 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003121 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3122 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003123 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3124
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003125- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003126 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003127 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3128
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003129- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003130 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3131 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003132
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003133- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3134 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3135 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3136 to the MTD layer.
3137
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003138- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003139 Use buffered writes to flash.
3140
3141- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3142 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3143 write commands.
3144
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003145- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003146 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3147 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3148 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3149 optionally available.
3150
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003151- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3152 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3153 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3154 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3155
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003156- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003157 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3158 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003159 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3160 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003161 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003162 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3163
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003164- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3165
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003166 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3167 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3168 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3169 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3170 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003171
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003172- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3173- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3174 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3175 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3176 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3177 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3178
3179 The format of the list is:
3180 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003181 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3182 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003183 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3184 list = entry[,list]
3185
3186 The type attributes are:
3187 s - String (default)
3188 d - Decimal
3189 x - Hexadecimal
3190 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3191 i - IP address
3192 m - MAC address
3193
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003194 The access attributes are:
3195 a - Any (default)
3196 r - Read-only
3197 o - Write-once
3198 c - Change-default
3199
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003200 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3201 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3202 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3203
3204 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3205 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3206 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3207 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3208 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3209 ".flags" variable.
3210
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003211- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3212 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3213 access flags.
3214
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003215- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3216 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3217 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3218 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3219 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3220 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3221 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3222 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3223 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3224
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003225- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3226 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3227 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3228 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3229 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3230
3231
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003232The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3233of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3234following configurations:
3235
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003236- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3237
3238 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3239 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3240
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003241- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003242
3243 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3244
3245 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3246 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3247 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3248 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3249 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3250 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3251 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3252 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3253 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3254 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3255 between U-Boot and the environment.
3256
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003257 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003258
3259 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3260 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3261 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3262 for this sector is given here.
3263
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003264 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003265
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003266 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003267
3268 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3269 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003270 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003271
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003272 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003273
3274 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3275
3276
3277 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3278 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3279 the environment.
3280
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003281 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003282
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003283 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003284 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003285 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3286 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3287
3288 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3289 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3290 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3291 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3292 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3293 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3294 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3295 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3296 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3297
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003298 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3299 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003300
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003301 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003302 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003303 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003304 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003305
3306BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3307source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3308accordingly!
3309
3310
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003311- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003312
3313 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3314 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3315 environment.
3316
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003317 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3318 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003319
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003320 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003321 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3322 can just be read and written to, without any special
3323 provision.
3324
3325BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3326in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003327console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003328U-Boot will hang.
3329
3330Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3331environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3332keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3333to save the current settings.
3334
3335
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003336- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003337
3338 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3339 device and a driver for it.
3340
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003341 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3342 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003343
3344 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3345 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003347 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003348 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3349 The default address is zero.
3350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003351 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003352 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3353 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3354 would require six bits.
3355
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003356 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003357 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003358 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003359
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003360 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003361 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3362 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3363
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003364 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003365 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3366 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3367 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3368 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3369 byte chips.
3370
3371 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3372 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3373 in the chip address.
3374
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003375 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003376 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3377
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003378 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3379 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3380 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3381
3382 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3383 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3384 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3385 EEPROM. For example:
3386
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003387 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003388
3389 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3390 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003391
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003392- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003393
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003394 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003395 want to use for the environment.
3396
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003397 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3398 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3399 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003400
3401 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3402 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3403 at the specified address.
3404
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003405- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3406
3407 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3408 want to use for the local device's environment.
3409
3410 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3411 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3412
3413 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3414 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3415 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003416 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003417
3418BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3419"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003420environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3421but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003422
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003423- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003424
3425 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3426 for the environment.
3427
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003428 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3429 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003430
3431 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003432 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3433 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003434
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003435 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003436
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003437 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003438 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3439 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003440 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003441 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003442
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003443 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3444
3445 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3446 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3447 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3448 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3449 the range to be avoided.
3450
3451 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3452
3453 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3454 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3455 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3456 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3457 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003458
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003459- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3460
3461 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3462 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3463 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3464
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003465- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003466
3467 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3468 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3469 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3470 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3471 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3472 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3473 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3474
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003475Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003476has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003477created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003478until then to read environment variables.
3479
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003480The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3481is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3482with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3483necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3484"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3485have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003486
3487Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3488the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003489use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003490
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003491- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003492 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003493
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003494 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003495 also needs to be defined.
3496
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003497- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003498 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003499
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003500- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3501 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3502 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3503 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3504 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3505 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3506
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003507- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3508 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3509 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3510 to do this.
3511
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003512- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3513 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3514 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3515 present.
3516
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003517Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003518---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003519
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003520- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3522
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003523- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003524 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003525
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003526 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3527 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3528 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003529
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003530- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3531 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3532 PowerPC SOCs.
3533
3534- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3535 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3536 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3537
3538 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3539 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3540
3541- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3542 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3543 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003544 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003545 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3546 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3547 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3548
3549 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3550 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3551
3552- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003553 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3554 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003555 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3556 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3557
3558- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3559 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3560 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3561 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3562
3563- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3564 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3565 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3566
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003567- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003568 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003569
3570 the default drive number (default value 0)
3571
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003572 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003573
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003574 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003575 (default value 1)
3576
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003577 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003578
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003579 defines the offset of register from address. It
3580 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003581 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003582
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003583 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3584 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003585 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003586
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003587 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003588 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3589 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3590 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3591 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003592
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003593- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3594 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3595 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3596 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3597 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3598 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3599 is requierd.
3600
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003601- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003602 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003603 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003604
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003605- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003606
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003607 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003608 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3609 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3610 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3611 will become available only after programming the
3612 memory controller and running certain initialization
3613 sequences.
3614
3615 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3616 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3617 - MPC824X: data cache
3618 - PPC4xx: data cache
3619
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003620- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003621
3622 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003623 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3624 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003625 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003626 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003627 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3628 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3629 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003630
3631 Note:
3632 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3633 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003634 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003635 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3636 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003638- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003639
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003640- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003641
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003642- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003643
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003644- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003645
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003646- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003647
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003648- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003649
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003650- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003651 SDRAM timing
3652
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003653- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003654 periodic timer for refresh
3655
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003656- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003657
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003658- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3659 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3660 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3661 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003662 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3663
3664- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003665 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3666 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003667 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3668
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003669- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3670 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003671 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3672 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3673
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003674- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003675 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3676 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3677
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003678- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003679 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3680 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3681
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003682- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003683 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3684 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3685
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003686- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003687 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3688 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3689 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003691- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003692 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3693 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3694 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3695 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003697- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3698 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3699 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3700 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3701 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3702 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3703 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3704 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003705 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003706
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003707- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3708 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3709 required.
3710
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003711- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3712 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3713 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3714 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3715 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3716 by coreboot or similar.
3717
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003718- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3719 Chip has SRIO or not
3720
3721- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3722 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3723
3724- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3725 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3726
3727- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3728 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3729
3730- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3731 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3732
3733- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3734 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3735
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003736- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3737 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3738 16 bit bus.
3739
3740- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3741 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3742 a default value will be used.
3743
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003744- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003745 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3746 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3747
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003748 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3749 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3750
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003751- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003752 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3753 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3754 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003755
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003756- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3757 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3758 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3759 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3760 header files or board specific files.
3761
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003762- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3763 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3764
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003765- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003766 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3767 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003768
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003769- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3770 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3771
3772- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3773 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003774 to the given FEC; i. e.
3775 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003776 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3777
3778 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3779
3780- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3781 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3782 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3783
3784- CONFIG_RMII
3785 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3786 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3787 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3788
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003789- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3790 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3791 The syntax is:
3792
3793 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3794
3795 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3796 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3797 area should have.
3798
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003799- CONFIG_LOOPW
3800 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003801 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003802
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003803- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3804 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3805 "md/mw" commands.
3806 Examples:
3807
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003808 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003809 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3810
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003811 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003812 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3813
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003814 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003815 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003816
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003817- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003818 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003819 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3820 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3821 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003822
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003823 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3824 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3825 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3826 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003827
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003828- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003829 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3830 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3831 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003832
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003833- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3834 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3835 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3836 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3837 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3838 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3839 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3840 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3841
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003842- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3843 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3844 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3845 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3846 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3847
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003848- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3849 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3850 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003851
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00003852
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003853Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3854-----------------------------------
3855
3856The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3857loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3858This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3859are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3860within that device.
3861
3862- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3863 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3864 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3865 is also specified.
3866
3867- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3868 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3869 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3870 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3871 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3872
3873- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3874 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3875 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3876 virtual address in NOR flash.
3877
3878- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3879 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3880 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3881
3882- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3883 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3884 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3885
3886- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3887 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3888 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3889
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003890- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3891 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3892 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003893 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3894 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3895 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003896
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003897Building the Software:
3898======================
3899
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003900Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3901and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3902all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3903(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3904recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3905which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003906
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003907If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3908have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3909you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3910Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3911necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003912
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003913 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3914 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003915
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003916Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3917 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3918 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3919 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3920
3921 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3922
3923 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3924 be executed on computers running Windows.
3925
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003926U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3927sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003928is done by typing:
3929
3930 make NAME_config
3931
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003932where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003933rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003935Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3936 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3937 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3938 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003939 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003941 make TQM823L_config
3942 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003943
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003944 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3945 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003946
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003947 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003948
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003949
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003950Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3951images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003953- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3954- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3955- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003956
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003957By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3958in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3959this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3960
39611. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3962
3963 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3964 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3965 make O=/tmp/build all
3966
39672. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3968
3969 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3970 make distclean
3971 make NAME_config
3972 make all
3973
3974Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3975variable.
3976
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003977
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003978Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3979for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3980native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003981
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003982
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003983If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3984to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3985steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003986
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000039871. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003988 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
3989 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000039902. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3991 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3992 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
39933. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3994 your board
39953. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3996 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
39974. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
39985. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3999 to be installed on your target system.
40006. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4001 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004003
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004004Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4005==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004006
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004007If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4008or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004009provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4010the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004011official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004012
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004013But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4014cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004015the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4016just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004017for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4018select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4019environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4020you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004022 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004024or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004025
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004026 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004027
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004028When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4029U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4030setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4031built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4032<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4033location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4034variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004035
4036 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4037 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4038 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4039
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004040With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4041log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4042during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004043
4044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004045See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004046
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004048Monitor Commands - Overview:
4049============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004050
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004051go - start application at address 'addr'
4052run - run commands in an environment variable
4053bootm - boot application image from memory
4054bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004055bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004056tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4057 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4058 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004059tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004060rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4061diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4062loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4063loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4064md - memory display
4065mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4066nm - memory modify (constant address)
4067mw - memory write (fill)
4068cp - memory copy
4069cmp - memory compare
4070crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004071i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004072sspi - SPI utility commands
4073base - print or set address offset
4074printenv- print environment variables
4075setenv - set environment variables
4076saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4077protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4078erase - erase FLASH memory
4079flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004080nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004081bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4082iminfo - print header information for application image
4083coninfo - print console devices and informations
4084ide - IDE sub-system
4085loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004086loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004087mtest - simple RAM test
4088icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4089dcache - enable or disable data cache
4090reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4091echo - echo args to console
4092version - print monitor version
4093help - print online help
4094? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004095
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004096
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004097Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4098========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004099
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004100TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004102For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004103
4104
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004105Environment Variables:
4106======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004107
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004108U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4109can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004110
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004111Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4112"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4113without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4114environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4115working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4116environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004117
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004118Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4119
4120List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004122 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004124 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004125
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004126 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004127
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004128 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004130 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004131
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004132 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4133 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4134 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4135 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4136 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4137 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004138 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4139 bootm_mapsize.
4140
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004141 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004142 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4143 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4144 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4145 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4146 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4147 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004148
4149 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4150 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4151 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4152 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4153 environment variable.
4154
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004155 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4156 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4157 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4158
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004159 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4160 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4161 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4162 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004164 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4165 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4166 be automatically started (by internally calling
4167 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004168
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004169 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4170 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4171 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4172 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4173 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004174
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004175 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4176 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004177 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4178 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4179 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4180 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4181 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4182 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4183 access it during the boot procedure.
4184
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004185 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4186 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4187 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4188 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4189 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4190 must be accessible by the kernel.
4191
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004192 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4193 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4194 defined.
4195
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004196 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4197 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4198 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4199 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4200 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004202 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4203 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4204 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4205 is usually what you want since it allows for
4206 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4207 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004208 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004209 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4210 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4211 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4212 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004213
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004214 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4215 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4216 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4217 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4218 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4219 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004220
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004221 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004223 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4224 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4225 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4226 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4227 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4228 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4229 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004230
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004231 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004232
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004233 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4234 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004235
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004236 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004238 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004239
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004240 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004241
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004242 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004244 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004245
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004246 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004247
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004248 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4249 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004250
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004251 => setenv ethact FEC
4252 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4253 => setenv ethact SCC
4254 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004255
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004256 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4257 available network interfaces.
4258 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4259
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004260 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004261 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4262 When set to "once" the network operation will
4263 fail when all the available network interfaces
4264 are tried once without success.
4265 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4266 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004267
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004268 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004269
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004270 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004271 UDP source port.
4272
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004273 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4274 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4275
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004276 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4277 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4278
4279 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4280 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4281 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4282 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4283 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4284 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4285 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4286
4287 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004288 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004289 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004290
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004291The following image location variables contain the location of images
4292used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4293not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4294variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4295server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4296loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4297flash or offset in NAND flash.
4298
4299*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4300boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4301boards use these variables for other purposes.
4302
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004303Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4304----- --------- ----------- --------------
4305u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4306Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4307device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4308ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004309
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004310The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4311updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4312depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004313
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004314 bootfile - see above
4315 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4316 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4317 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4318 hostname - Target hostname
4319 ipaddr - see above
4320 netmask - Subnet Mask
4321 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4322 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004323
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004324
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004325There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004327 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4328 as type string and/or serial number
4329 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004330
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004331These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4332the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4333once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004334
4335
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004336Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004337
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004338 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4339 with the "version" command. This variable is
4340 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004341
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004343Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4344only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004345
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004346
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004347Callback functions for environment variables:
4348---------------------------------------------
4349
4350For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4351when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4352be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4353deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4354effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4355
4356The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4357U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4358
4359These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4360static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4361in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4362associations. The list must be in the following format:
4363
4364 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4365 list = entry[,list]
4366
4367If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4368Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4369
4370Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4371with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4372override any association in the static list. You can define
4373CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4374".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4375
4376
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004377Command Line Parsing:
4378=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004380There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4381the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004383Old, simple command line parser:
4384--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004385
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004386- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4387- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004388- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004389- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4390 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004391 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004392- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4393 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004394
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004395Hush shell:
4396-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004397
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004398- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4399 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4400 until...do...done, ...
4401- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4402 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4403 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4404 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004406General rules:
4407--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004409(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4410 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4411 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4412 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004414(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004415 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004416 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4417 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004418
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004419Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4420=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004421
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004422Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004423such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4424"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004426Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4427MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4428"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004430If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4431in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4432ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4433variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004435o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4436 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004438o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4439 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4440 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004441
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004442o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4443 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004445o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4446 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4447 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004448
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004449o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4450 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004451
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004452If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004453will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004454may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4455The naming convention is as follows:
4456"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004457
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004458Image Formats:
4459==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004460
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004461U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4462images in two formats:
4463
4464New uImage format (FIT)
4465-----------------------
4466
4467Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4468to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4469components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4470SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4471
4472
4473Old uImage format
4474-----------------
4475
4476Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4477preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4478details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004479
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004480* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4481 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004482 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4483 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4484 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004485* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004486 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4487 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004488* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4489* Load Address
4490* Entry Point
4491* Image Name
4492* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004493
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004494The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4495and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4496CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004497
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004498
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004499Linux Support:
4500==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004502Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4503easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4504U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004506U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4507special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4508"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4509instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4510serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004512- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4513 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4514 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004516- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4517 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004518
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004519- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4520 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4521 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4522 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4523 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4524 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004525
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004526
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004527Linux HOWTO:
4528============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004529
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004530Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4531---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004533U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4534configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4535(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4536Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004537
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004538But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004540Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4541include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004542Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4543and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004544as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004545
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004547Configuring the Linux kernel:
4548-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004550No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4551device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004552
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004554Building a Linux Image:
4555-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004556
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004557With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4558not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4559"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4560U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4561which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4562100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004563
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004564Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004566 make TQM850L_config
4567 make oldconfig
4568 make dep
4569 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004570
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004571The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4572encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4573CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004574
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004575* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004577* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004579 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4580 -R .note -R .comment \
4581 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004582
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004583* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004585 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004587* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004588
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004589 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4590 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4591 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004592
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004593
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004594The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4595with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4596combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4597byte header containing information about target architecture,
4598operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4599stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004601"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4602print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004604In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4605contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4606checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004608 tools/mkimage -l image
4609 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004611The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4612from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004614 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4615 -n name -d data_file image
4616 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4617 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4618 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4619 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4620 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4621 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4622 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4623 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004624
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004625Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4626address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4627kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004628
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004629- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4630- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004631
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004632So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004634 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4635 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004636 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004637 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4638 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4639 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4640 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4641 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4642 Load Address: 0x00000000
4643 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004645To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004646
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004647 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4648 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4649 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4650 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4651 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4652 Load Address: 0x00000000
4653 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004655NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4656speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4657needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4658need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004659
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004660 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004661 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4662 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004663 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4665 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4666 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4667 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4668 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4669 Load Address: 0x00000000
4670 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004671
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004672
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004673Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4674when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004676 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4677 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4678 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4679 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4680 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4681 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4682 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4683 Load Address: 0x00000000
4684 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004685
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004687Installing a Linux Image:
4688-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004690To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4691you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004693 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004695The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4696image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4697address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4698specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4699command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004701Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4702TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004704 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706 .......... done
4707 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709 => loads 40100000
4710 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4711 ~>examples/image.srec
4712 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4713 ...
4714 15989 15990 15991 15992
4715 [file transfer complete]
4716 [connected]
4717 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004718
4719
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004720You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004721this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004722corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004724 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004726 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4727 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4728 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4729 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4730 Load Address: 00000000
4731 Entry Point: 0000000c
4732 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004733
4734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004735Boot Linux:
4736-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004738The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4739memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4740of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4741parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4742"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004743
4744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004745 => printenv bootargs
4746 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004747
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004748 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004749
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750 => printenv bootargs
4751 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004753 => bootm 40020000
4754 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4755 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4756 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4757 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4758 Load Address: 00000000
4759 Entry Point: 0000000c
4760 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4761 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4762 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4763 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4764 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4765 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4766 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4767 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004768
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004769If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004770the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4771format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004772
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004773 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004774
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004775 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4776 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4777 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4778 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4779 Load Address: 00000000
4780 Entry Point: 0000000c
4781 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004782
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004783 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4784 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4785 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4786 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4787 Load Address: 00000000
4788 Entry Point: 00000000
4789 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004790
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004791 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4792 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4793 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4794 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4795 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4796 Load Address: 00000000
4797 Entry Point: 0000000c
4798 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4799 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4800 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4801 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4802 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4803 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4804 Load Address: 00000000
4805 Entry Point: 00000000
4806 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4807 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4808 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4809 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4810 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4811 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4812 ...
4813 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4814 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004816 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004817
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004818Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4819-----------
4820
4821First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4822titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4823following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4824flat device tree:
4825
4826=> print oftaddr
4827oftaddr=0x300000
4828=> print oft
4829oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4830=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4831Speed: 1000, full duplex
4832Using TSEC0 device
4833TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4834Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4835Load address: 0x300000
4836Loading: #
4837done
4838Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4839=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4840Speed: 1000, full duplex
4841Using TSEC0 device
4842TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4843Filename 'uImage'.
4844Load address: 0x200000
4845Loading:############
4846done
4847Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4848=> print loadaddr
4849loadaddr=200000
4850=> print oftaddr
4851oftaddr=0x300000
4852=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4853## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004854 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4855 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4856 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004857 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004858 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004859 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4860 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4861Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4862Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4863Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4864[snip]
4865
4866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004867More About U-Boot Image Types:
4868------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004870U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004872 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4873 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4874 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4875 the Standalone Program.
4876 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4877 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4878 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4879 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4880 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4881 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4882 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4883 being started.
4884 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4885 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4886 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4887 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4888 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4889 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004891 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4892 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4893 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4894 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4895 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4896 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004897
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004898 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4899 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4900 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004901
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004902 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4903 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4904 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4905 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004906
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004907Booting the Linux zImage:
4908-------------------------
4909
4910On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4911using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4912as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4913
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004914Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply
4915kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4916address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4917format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4918
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004920Standalone HOWTO:
4921=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4924run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4925U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004927Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004928
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004929"Hello World" Demo:
4930-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4933application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4934It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4935like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937 => loads
4938 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4939 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4940 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4941 [file transfer complete]
4942 [connected]
4943 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004945 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4946 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4947 Hello World
4948 argc = 7
4949 argv[0] = "40004"
4950 argv[1] = "Hello"
4951 argv[2] = "World!"
4952 argv[3] = "This"
4953 argv[4] = "is"
4954 argv[5] = "a"
4955 argv[6] = "test."
4956 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4957 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004958
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004959 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004960
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004961Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4962handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4963Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4964The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4965character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4966controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004968 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4969 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4970 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4971 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004972
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004973 => loads
4974 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4975 ~>examples/timer.srec
4976 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4977 [file transfer complete]
4978 [connected]
4979 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004980
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004981 => go 40004
4982 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4983 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4984 Using timer 1
4985 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004986
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004987Hit 'b':
4988 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4989 Enabling timer
4990Hit '?':
4991 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4992 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4993Hit '?':
4994 [q, b, e, ?] .
4995 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4996Hit '?':
4997 [q, b, e, ?] .
4998 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4999Hit '?':
5000 [q, b, e, ?] .
5001 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5002Hit 'e':
5003 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5004Hit 'q':
5005 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005006
5007
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005008Minicom warning:
5009================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005010
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005011Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5012"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5013consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5014Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5015especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005016use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5017http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5018for help with kermit.
5019
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005020
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005021Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5022configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005024 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5025 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5026 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005027
5028
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005029NetBSD Notes:
5030=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005032Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5033(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5036NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5037need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5038Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5039attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5040missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005041
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005042 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5043 # mkdir powerpc
5044 # ln -s powerpc machine
5045 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5046 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5049and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005050
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005051Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5052stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5053proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5054tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005055meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005056
5057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005058Implementation Internals:
5059=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005060
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005061The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5062implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5063inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5064hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005065
5066
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005067Initial Stack, Global Data:
5068---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005069
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005070The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5071starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5072system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5073This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5074is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5075at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5076options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5077models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5078MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5079locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005080
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005081 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005082 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005083
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005084 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5085 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5086 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5087 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5090 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5091 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5092 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5093 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005094 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005095 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5096 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005097
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005098 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5099 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005100 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005101 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5102 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5103 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5104 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005105
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005106 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005107 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5108 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005109 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005110 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5111 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5112 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5113 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5114 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005115
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005116 -Chris Hallinan
5117 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005118
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005119It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5120code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005122* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5123 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005124
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005125* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005126 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5127 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005128
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5130 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005132Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5133normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5134turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5135simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5136functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5137functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5138the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5139place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5140reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005141
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005142When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5143relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5144GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005145
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5147 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005148 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005149 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5150 R5-R10: parameter passing
5151 R13: small data area pointer
5152 R30: GOT pointer
5153 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005154
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005155 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5156 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5157 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005158
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005159 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005160
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005161 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5162 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5163 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5164 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5165 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5166 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005167
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005168On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005169 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5170
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005171 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005172
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005173On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005174
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005175 R0: function argument word/integer result
5176 R1-R3: function argument word
5177 R9: GOT pointer
5178 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5179 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5180 R12: temporary workspace
5181 R13: stack pointer
5182 R14: link register
5183 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005184
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005185 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005186
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005187On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5188 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5189
5190 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5191
5192 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5193 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5194
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005195On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5196
5197 R0-R1: argument/return
5198 R2-R5: argument
5199 R15: temporary register for assembler
5200 R16: trampoline register
5201 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5202 R29: global pointer (GP)
5203 R30: link register (LP)
5204 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5205 PC: program counter (PC)
5206
5207 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5208
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005209NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5210or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005211
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005212Memory Management:
5213------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005214
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005215U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5216MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005217
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005218The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5219controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5220memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5221physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005223U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5224TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5225booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5226to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005227memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005228configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5229Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005230
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005231Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5232of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005234So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5235this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005237 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5238 :
5239 0x0000 1FFF
5240 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5241 :
5242 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005244 :
5245 :
5246 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5247 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5248 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5249 :
5250 0x00FD FFFF
5251 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5252 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5253 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5254 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005255
5256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005257System Initialization:
5258----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005260In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005261(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005262configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5263To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5264To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5265initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5266which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5267part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5268the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005269
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005270Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5271preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5272(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5273on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5274programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5275simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5276banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005278When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5279different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5280bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
52810x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5282contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005283
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005284Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5285and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5286Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5287pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005289Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5290until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5291running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5292new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005293
5294
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005295U-Boot Porting Guide:
5296----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5299list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005300
5301
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005302int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005303{
5304 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005305
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005306 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5307 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005308
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005309 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005310 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005311 return 0;
5312 }
5313
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005314 Download latest U-Boot source;
5315
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005316 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005317
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005318 if (clueless)
5319 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005321 while (learning) {
5322 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005323 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5324 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005325 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005326 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005327 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005328
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005329 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5330 Buy a BDI3000;
5331 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005332 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005333
5334 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5335 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5336 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5337 } else {
5338 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5339 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005340 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005341 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5342 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005343
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005344 while (!accepted) {
5345 while (!running) {
5346 do {
5347 Add / modify source code;
5348 } until (compiles);
5349 Debug;
5350 if (clueless)
5351 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5352 }
5353 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5354 if (reasonable critiques)
5355 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5356 else
5357 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005358 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360 return 0;
5361}
5362
5363void no_more_time (int sig)
5364{
5365 hire_a_guru();
5366}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005367
5368
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005369Coding Standards:
5370-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005372All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005373coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005374"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005375
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005376Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5377MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5378reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5379sources.
5380
5381Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5382Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5383in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005384
5385Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5386- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005387- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005388- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005389- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005390- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5391
5392Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5393with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005394
5395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005396Submitting Patches:
5397-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005398
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005399Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5400establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5401may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005402
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005403Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005404
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005405Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5406see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5407
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005408When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5409it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005411* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5412 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5413 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005415* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5416 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005418* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5419
5420* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5421
5422* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005423 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005424
5425* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5426 document these in the README file.
5427
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005428* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5429 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005430 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005431 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5432 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005433
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005434 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5435 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5436 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005437
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005438 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5439 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5440 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5441 affected files).
5442
5443 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5444 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005445
5446* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5447 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5448
5449* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5450 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5451
5452
5453Notes:
5454
5455* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5456 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5457 for any of the boards.
5458
5459* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5460 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5461 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5462
5463* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5464 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5465 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5466 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5467 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5468 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005469
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005470* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5471 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5472 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5473 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.